jochen/stm32cubeide
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity

Initial commit

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Jochen Friedrich 2021-01-01 14:06:20 +01:00
commit 66c5a26d69
1145 changed files with 938088 additions and 0 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

759
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL
* @brief HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32G0xx HAL Driver version number
*/
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x04U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|(__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|(__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
|(__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#if defined(VREFBUF)
#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U /*!< 10 ms */
#endif /* VREFBUF */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief HAL Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial time base
clock configuration.
(+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the Flash prefetch and the Instruction cache,
* the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware
* by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file
* stm32g0xx_hal_msp.c.
*
* @note HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
* the clock configuration.
*
* @note In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base.
* The Systick configuration is based on HSI clock, as HSI is the clock
* used after a system Reset.
* Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented
* each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache */
/* Default configuration at reset is: */
/* - Prefetch disabled */
/* - Instruction cache enabled */
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source of time base.
* @note This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_IOP_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_IOP_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that doesn't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U /(uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
{
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in SysTick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
/* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
/* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
uwTickFreq = Freq;
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Restore previous tick frequency */
uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
}
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return ((DBG->IDCODE & DBG_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16U);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return ((DBG->IDCODE) & DBG_IDCODE_DEV_ID);
}
/**
* @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
}
/**
* @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
}
/**
* @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief HAL Debug functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Debug functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4
* @brief SYSCFG configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Enable/Disable Pin remap
(+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
(+) Enable/Disable dead battery behavior(*)
(+) Configure Clamping Diode on specific pins(*)
(*) Feature not available on all devices
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(VREFBUF)
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScale
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
* @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedance
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
}
/**
* @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @note VrefBuf voltage scale is calibrated in production for each device,
* using voltage scale 1. This calibration value is loaded
* as default trimming value at device power up.
* This trimming value can be fine tuned for voltage scales 0 and 1
* using this function.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for VRR bit */
while (READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0x00U)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
}
#endif /* VREFBUF */
/**
* @brief Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
{
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the remap on PA11_PA12
* @param PinRemap specifies which pins have to be remapped
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA11
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA12
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableRemap(uint32_t PinRemap)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAP_PIN(PinRemap));
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, PinRemap);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the remap on PA11_PA12
* @param PinRemap specifies which pins will behave normally
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA11
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA12
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableRemap(uint32_t PinRemap)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAP_PIN(PinRemap));
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, PinRemap);
}
#if defined(SYSCFG_CDEN_SUPPORT)
/**
* @brief Enable Clamping Diode on specified IO
* @param PinConfig specifies on which pins clamping Diode has to be enabled
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_ClampingDiode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableClampingDiode(uint32_t PinConfig)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CLAMPINGDIODE(PinConfig));
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR2, PinConfig);
}
/**
* @brief Disable Clamping Diode on specified IO
* @param PinConfig specifies on which pins clamping Diode has to be disabled
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_ClampingDiode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableClampingDiode(uint32_t PinConfig)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CLAMPINGDIODE(PinConfig));
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR2, PinConfig);
}
#endif /* SYSCFG_CDEN_SUPPORT */
#if defined (SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE) || defined (SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE)
/**
* @brief Strobe configuration of GPIO depending on UCPDx dead battery settings
* @param ConfigDeadBattery specifies on which pins to make effective or not Dead Battery sw configuration
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_UCPD1_STROBE
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_UCPD2_STROBE
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_StrobeDBattpinsConfig(uint32_t ConfigDeadBattery)
{
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_DBATT_CONFIG(ConfigDeadBattery));
/* Change strobe configuration of GPIO depending on UCPDx dead battery settings */
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE | SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE), ConfigDeadBattery);
}
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE || SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3006
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

356
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_adc_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_adc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
* peripheral:
* + Operation functions
* ++ Calibration
* +++ ADC automatic self-calibration
* +++ Calibration factors get or set
* Other functions (generic functions) are available in file
* "stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c".
*
@verbatim
[..]
(@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are
available in file of generic functions "stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c".
[..]
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
* @brief ADC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADC Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* Fixed timeout value for ADC calibration. */
/* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: maximum ratio between ADC */
/* and CPU clock frequencies. */
/* Example of profile low frequency : ADC frequency at 31.25kHz (ADC clock */
/* source PLL 8MHz, ADC clock prescaler 256), CPU frequency 52MHz. */
/* Calibration time max = 116 / fADC (refer to datasheet) */
/* = 193 024 CPU cycles */
#define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT (193024UL) /*!< ADC calibration time-out value (unit: CPU cycles) */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Input and Output operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Perform the ADC self-calibration.
(+) Get calibration factors.
(+) Set calibration factors.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration
* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this
* function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ).
* @note Calibration factor can be read after calibration, using function
* HAL_ADC_GetValue() (value on 7 bits: from DR[6;0]).
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status;
__IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0UL;
uint32_t backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer; /* Note: Variable not declared as volatile because register read is already declared as volatile */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */
/* Disable the ADC (if not already disabled) */
tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
/* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL)
{
/* Set ADC state */
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
/* Disable ADC DMA transfer request during calibration */
/* Note: Specificity of this STM32 series: Calibration factor is */
/* available in data register and also transferred by DMA. */
/* To not insert ADC calibration factor among ADC conversion data */
/* in array variable, DMA transfer must be disabled during */
/* calibration. */
backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
/* Start ADC calibration */
SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADCAL);
/* Wait for calibration completion */
while (LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
{
wait_loop_index++;
if (wait_loop_index >= ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT)
{
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Restore ADC DMA transfer request after calibration */
SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer);
/* Set ADC state */
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
}
else
{
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
/* Note: No need to update variable "tmp_hal_status" here: already set */
/* to state "HAL_ERROR" by function disabling the ADC. */
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return tmp_hal_status;
}
/**
* @brief Get the calibration factor.
* @param hadc ADC handle.
* @retval Calibration value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
/* Return the selected ADC calibration value */
return ((hadc->Instance->CALFACT) & 0x0000007FU);
}
/**
* @brief Set the calibration factor to overwrite automatic conversion result.
* ADC must be enabled and no conversion is ongoing.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @param CalibrationFactor Calibration factor (coded on 7 bits maximum)
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t CalibrationFactor)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
assert_param(IS_ADC_CALFACT(CalibrationFactor));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Verification of hardware constraints before modifying the calibration */
/* factors register: ADC must be enabled, no conversion on going. */
tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance);
if ((LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
&& (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL)
)
{
hadc->Instance->CALFACT &= ~ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT;
hadc->Instance->CALFACT |= CalibrationFactor;
}
else
{
/* Update ADC state machine */
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
/* Update ADC error code */
SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return tmp_hal_status;
}
/**
* @brief Analog watchdog 2 callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief Analog watchdog 3 callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief End Of Sampling callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief ADC channel configuration ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_ChannelConfigReadyCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_ChannelConfigReadyCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Disable ADC voltage regulator.
* @note Disabling voltage regulator allows to save power. This operation can
* be carried out only when ADC is disabled.
* @note To enable again the voltage regulator, the user is expected to
* resort to HAL_ADC_Init() API.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_DisableVoltageRegulator(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
/* Setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL)
{
LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator(hadc->Instance);
tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return tmp_hal_status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1001
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_cec.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1156
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_comp.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

417
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex M0+ exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels.
The priority can be 0..3.
-@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
-@- Priority Order:
(#@) Lowest priority.
(#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-@- Negative value of IRQn_Type are not allowed.
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number .
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32g0xx.h file)
* @param PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* with stm32g0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because
* no subpriority supported in Cortex M0+ based products.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick):
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
* and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
* @brief Enable the MPU.
* @param MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
__DSB();
__ISB();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the MPU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
__DMB();
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
MPU->CTRL = 0;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != 0U)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

518
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_crc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(+) Initialize CRC calculator
(++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify input data format
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
initialization value
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
(+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
{
/* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
}
else
{
/* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
}
else
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
}
/* set input data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
/* set output data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
* is properly specified by user */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Reset IDR register content */
CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
[..] or
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the CRC handle state.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Return CRC handle state */
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
uint16_t data;
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
* handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U) | \
(uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
}
/* last bytes specific handling */
if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
{
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
* a correct type handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
}
if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
{
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

225
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_crc_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
*
@verbatim
================================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
================================================================================
[..]
(+) Set user-defined generating polynomial through HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
(+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the generating polynomial
(+) Configure the input data inversion
(+) Configure the output data inversion
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
* @param PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
{
}
switch (PolyLength)
{
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* set generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
/* set generating polynomial size */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no change in bit order (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE Byte-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD Word-wise bit reversal
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set input data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set output data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

5467
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_cryp.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

389
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_cryp_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRYPEx HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the Cryptography (CRYP) peripheral.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx
* @{
*/
#if defined(AES)
#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_PHASE_INIT 0x00000000U /*!< GCM/GMAC (or CCM) init phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_HEADER AES_CR_GCMPH_0 /*!< GCM/GMAC or CCM header phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD AES_CR_GCMPH_1 /*!< GCM(/CCM) payload phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_FINAL AES_CR_GCMPH /*!< GCM/GMAC or CCM final phase */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT 0x00000000U /*!< Encryption mode */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_KEYDERIVATION AES_CR_MODE_0 /*!< Key derivation mode only used when performing ECB and CBC decryptions */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_DECRYPT AES_CR_MODE_1 /*!< Decryption */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_KEYDERIVATION_DECRYPT AES_CR_MODE /*!< Key derivation and decryption only used when performing ECB and CBC decryptions */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS 0x02U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in processing phase */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL 0x03U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in final phase this is relevant only with CCM and GCM modes */
/* CTR0 information to use in CCM algorithm */
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0 0x07FFFFFFU
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3 0xFFFFFF00U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions
* @brief Extended processing functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended AES processing functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to generate the authentication
TAG in Polling mode
(#)HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
(#)HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
they should be used after Encrypt/Decrypt operation.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief generate the GCM authentication TAG.
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Assume first Init.HeaderSize is in words */
uint64_t headerlength = (uint64_t)hcryp->Init.HeaderSize * 32U; /* Header length in bits */
uint64_t inputlength = (uint64_t)hcryp->SizesSum * 8U; /* Input length in bits */
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
/* Correct headerlength if Init.HeaderSize is actually in bytes */
if (hcryp->Init.HeaderWidthUnit == CRYP_HEADERWIDTHUNIT_BYTE)
{
headerlength /= 4U;
}
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if (hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_GCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/* Set the encrypt operating mode*/
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_MODE, CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT);
/*TinyAES peripheral from V3.1.1 : data has to be inserted normally (no swapping)*/
/* Write into the AES_DINR register the number of bits in header (64 bits)
followed by the number of bits in the payload */
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
/* Wait for CCF flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, AES_SR_CCF))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)||(Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
/* Clear CCF flag */
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG(hcryp, CRYP_CCF_CLEAR);
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief AES CCM Authentication TAG generation.
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
uint32_t tickstart;
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Disable interrupts in case they were kept enabled to proceed
a single message in several iterations */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_CCFIE | CRYP_IT_ERRIE);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if (hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_GCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/* Set encrypt operating mode*/
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_MODE, CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT);
/* Wait for CCF flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, AES_SR_CCF))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) ||(Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
/* Clear CCF Flag */
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG(hcryp, CRYP_CCF_CLEAR);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
/* Disable CRYP */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended AES Key Derivations functions
* @brief Extended Key Derivations functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Key Derivation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to Enable or Disable the
the AutoKeyDerivation parameter in CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure
These function are allowed only in TinyAES peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief AES enable key derivation functions
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure.
*/
void HAL_CRYPEx_EnableAutoKeyDerivation(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
{
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
hcryp->AutoKeyDerivation = ENABLE;
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief AES disable key derivation functions
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure.
*/
void HAL_CRYPEx_DisableAutoKeyDerivation(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
{
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
hcryp->AutoKeyDerivation = DISABLE;
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
#endif /* AES */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1509
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dac.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

621
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dac_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** Dual mode IO operation ***
==============================
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in
Channel 1 and Channel 2.
*** Signal generation operation ***
===================================
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value.
(+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting
after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used
at least one time after reset).
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(DAC1)
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
* DAC channels at the same time.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
{
uint32_t data;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of one DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig DAC channel configuration structure.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming
* @retval HAL status
* @note Calibration runs about 7 ms.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint32_t tmp;
uint32_t trimmingvalue;
uint32_t delta;
/* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */
uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
/* Check if DAC running */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Store configuration */
oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Disable the selected DAC channel */
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Set mode in MCR for calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), 0U);
/* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
else
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800U;
/* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */
SET_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvalue = 16U;
delta = 8U;
while (delta != 0U)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)))
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvalue -= delta;
}
else
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvalue += delta;
}
delta >>= 1U;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1U);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == 0UL)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
trimmingvalue++;
/* Set right trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
}
/* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue;
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Restore configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), oldmodeconfiguration);
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied).
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param NewTrimmingValue DAC new trimming value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t NewTrimmingValue)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Set new trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (NewTrimmingValue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Update trimming mode */
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DAC trimming value.
* @param hdac DAC handle
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31
*
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Retrieve trimming */
return ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) >> (Channel & 0x10UL));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return tmp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
* @brief Extended private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC1 */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1192
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

320
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dma_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
(exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) Handle DMAMUX interrupts using HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler : should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @param pSyncConfig Pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
/*Check if the DMA state is ready */
if (hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
MODIFY_REG(hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
(~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID), \
(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos)));
/* Process UnLocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* Return error status */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @param pRequestGeneratorConfig Pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef
* contains the request generator parameters.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef temp_state = hdma->State;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen == 0U)
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM;
/* error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if (((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR & DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE) == 0U) && (temp_state == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY))
{
/* RequestGenerator must be disable prior to the configuration i.e GE bit is 0 */
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the request generator new parameters*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos) | \
pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
/* Process UnLocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
{
/* Enable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
{
/* Disable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
if ((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
{
/* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
if ((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

681
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_exti.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (EXTI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
(++) Interrupt
(++) Event
(++) Both of them
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
(++) Rising
(++) Falling
(++) Both of them
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two diffenrents
interrupt pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
occurs:
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
(++) Falling
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
be selected through multiplexer.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
*/
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x04u /* 0x10: offset between CPU IMR/EMR registers */
#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between CPU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
/* Assign line number to handle */
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
/* Configure rising trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store rising trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure falling trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store falling trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
/* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store interrupt mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure event mode : read current mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store event mode */
*regaddr = regval;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Store handle line number to configiguration structure */
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
}
/* Get event mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
}
/* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
}
/* Get falling configuration */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
}
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 2] Clear event mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Register callback for a dedicaated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
hexti->RisingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
hexti->FallingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
case HAL_EXTI_RISING_CB_ID:
hexti->RisingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
case HAL_EXTI_FALLING_CB_ID:
hexti->FallingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Store line number as handle private field */
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval none.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get rising edge pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
if (regval != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
/* Call rising callback */
if (hexti->RisingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->RisingCallback();
}
}
/* Get falling edge pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
if (regval != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
/* Call rising callback */
if (hexti->FallingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->FallingCallback();
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
*/
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
if (Edge != EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)
{
/* Get falling edge pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
}
else
{
/* Get rising edge pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
}
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
return regval;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
if (Edge != EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)
{
/* Get falling edge pending register address */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
}
else
{
/* Get falling edge pending register address */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
}
/* Clear Pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameterd */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3455
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_fdcan.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

719
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Option bytes programming
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code
(+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
(8 bits added per double word)
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32G0xx devices.
(#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
(++) There are two modes of programming:
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions:
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
(#) Option bytes management functions :
(++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
(++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
In this case, a reset is generated
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache
(+) Reset the Instruction cache
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
(+) Monitor the Flash flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
*/
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE, \
.Address = 0U, \
.Banks = 0U, \
.Page = 0U, \
.NbPagesToErase = 0U
};
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
* are stored the data for the row fast program.
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Reset error code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
if (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
else
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FAST_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, TypeProgram);
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
/* return status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
* are stored the data for the row fast program.
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Reset error code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
else
{
/* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = TypeProgram;
pFlash.Address = Address;
/* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_EOPIE | FLASH_CR_ERRIE;
if (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
else
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FAST_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
}
}
/* return status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t param;
uint32_t error;
/* Save flash errors. */
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_ERRORS);
/* A] Set parameter for user or error callbacks */
/* check operation was a program or erase */
if ((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing & FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASS) != 0x00U)
{
/* return bank number */
param = pFlash.Banks;
}
else
{
/* Clear operation only for page erase or program */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing);
if ((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing & (FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD | FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST)) != 0x00U)
{
/* return address being programmed */
param = pFlash.Address;
}
else
{
/* return page number being erased */
param = pFlash.Page;
}
}
/* B] Check errors */
if (error != 0x00U)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
/* clear error flags */
FLASH->SR = FLASH_SR_ERRORS;
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
/* Error callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(param);
}
/* C] Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if ((FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_EOP) != 0x00U)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
FLASH->SR = FLASH_SR_EOP;
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES)
{
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
if (pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0x00U)
{
/* Increment page number */
pFlash.Page++;
FLASH_PageErase(pFlash.Banks, pFlash.Page);
}
else
{
/* No more pages to erase: stop erase pages procedure */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
}
}
else
{
/*Stop the ongoing procedure */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
}
/* User callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(param);
}
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_TYPENONE)
{
/* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
FLASH->CR &= ~(FLASH_CR_EOPIE | FLASH_CR_ERRIE);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: 0
* Page Erase: Page which has been erased
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: 0
* Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0x00U)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
/* verify Flash is unlock */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0x00U)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH control register access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
/* verify Flash is locked */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0x00u)
{
status = HAL_OK;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0x00U)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
/* verify option bytes are unlocked */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) == 0x00U)
{
status = HAL_OK;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
/* verify option bytes are locked */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0x00u)
{
status = HAL_OK;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
/* We should not reach here : Option byte launch generates Option byte reset
so return error */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE No error set
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP Operation error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG Programming error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP Write protection error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA Programming alignment error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ Size error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS Programming sequence error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS Fast programming data miss error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST Fast programming error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD Read Protection error (PCROP)(*)
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV Option validity error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ECCD two ECC errors have been detected
* @note (*) availability depends on devices
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t error;
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
uint32_t timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
/* Wait if any operation is ongoing */
#if defined(FLASH_DBANK_SUPPORT)
error = (FLASH_SR_BSY1 | FLASH_SR_BSY2);
#else
error = FLASH_SR_BSY1;
#endif
while ((FLASH->SR & error) != 0x00U)
{
if (HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* check flash errors */
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_ERRORS);
/* Clear SR register */
FLASH->SR = FLASH_SR_CLEAR;
if (error != 0x00U)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode = error;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Wait for control register to be written */
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
while ((FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_CFGBSY) != 0x00U)
{
if (HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
/* Program first word */
*(uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
/* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
(independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
__ISB();
/* Program second word */
*(uint32_t *)(Address + 4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32U);
}
/**
* @brief Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param DataAddress Specifies the address where the data are stored.
* @retval None
*/
static __RAM_FUNC void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
{
uint8_t index = 0;
uint32_t dest = Address;
uint32_t src = DataAddress;
uint32_t primask_bit;
/* Set FSTPG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
/* Enter critical section: row programming should not be longer than 7 ms */
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
__disable_irq();
/* Fast Program : 64 words */
while (index < 64U)
{
*(uint32_t *)dest = *(uint32_t *)src;
src += 4U;
dest += 4U;
index++;
}
/* wait for BSY1 in order to be sure that flash operation is ended befoire
allowing prefetch in flash. Timeout does not return status, as it will
be anyway done later */
#if defined(FLASH_DBANK_SUPPORT)
while ((FLASH->SR & (FLASH_SR_BSY1 | FLASH_SR_BSY2)) != 0x00U)
#else
while ((FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_BSY1) != 0x00U)
#endif
{
}
/* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1304
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

554
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
configured by software in several modes:
(++) Input mode
(++) Analog mode
(++) Output mode
(++) Alternate function mode
(++) External interrupt/event lines
(+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
(+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
(+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
(+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
sharing the same IO pin.
(+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
(+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
* Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
* range of the shift operator in following API :
* HAL_GPIO_Init
* HAL_GPIO_DeInit
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003u)
#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000u)
#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000u)
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000u)
#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000u)
#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000u)
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010u)
#define GPIO_NUMBER (16u)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
* @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t temp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4u) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
temp = EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (8u * (position & 0x03u)));
temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (8u * (position & 0x03u)));
EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI->IMR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI->EMR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
}
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Configure the port pins */
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
tmp = EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
tmp &= (0x0FuL << (8u * (position & 0x03u)));
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (8u * (position & 0x03u))))
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
tmp = 0x0FuL << (8u * (position & 0x03u));
EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
}
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t odr;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* get current Output Data Register value */
odr = GPIOx->ODR;
/* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
}
/**
* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_RISING_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_RISING_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Rising_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FALLING_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FALLING_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Falling_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Rising_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Rising_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Falling_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Falling_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2506
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_hcd.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

6613
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2c.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

335
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32G0xx
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
/* Set analog filter bit*/
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
/* Store the new register value */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1872
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2s.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2987
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_irda.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

278
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_iwdg.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Start functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Generic features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by the Low-Speed Internal clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails.
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both cannot be
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded into the counter and the watchdog reset
is prevented.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake up the CPU from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Debug mode: When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI clock frequency dispersion.
STM32G0xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI clock
frequency (LSI clock is internally connected to TIM16 CH1 input capture).
The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
acceptable accuracy.
[..] Default timeout value (necessary for IWDG_SR status register update):
Constant LSI_VALUE is defined based on the nominal LSI clock frequency.
This frequency being subject to variations as mentioned above, the
default timeout value (defined through constant HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
below) may become too short or too long.
In such cases, this default timeout value can be tuned by redefining
the constant LSI_VALUE at user-application level (based, for instance,
on the measured LSI clock frequency as explained above).
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
(++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
(++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
(++) Depending on window parameter:
(+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
function with exact time base.
(+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
watchdog counter.
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @addtogroup IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Status register needs up to 5 LSI clock periods divided by the clock
prescaler to be updated. The number of LSI clock periods is upper-rounded to
6 for the timeout value calculation.
The timeout value is also calculated using the highest prescaler (256) and
the LSI_VALUE constant. The value of this constant can be changed by the user
to take into account possible LSI clock period variations.
The timeout value is multiplied by 1000 to be converted in milliseconds. */
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT ((6UL * 256UL * 1000UL) / LSI_VALUE)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Manage Window option.
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if (hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
0x5555 in KR */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for register to be updated */
while (hiwdg->Instance->SR != 0x00u)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
register */
if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
{
/* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
windows register */
hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
}
else
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2512
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_lptim.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

101
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_msp_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_msp_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
* to the user folder.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP module driver
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the Global MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the Global MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the PPP MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the PPP MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2154
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pcd.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

336
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (USB_DRD_FS)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief PCDEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Update FIFO configuration
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure PMA for EP
* @param hpcd Device instance
* @param ep_addr endpoint address
* @param ep_kind endpoint Kind
* USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
* USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
* @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
* this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
* in PMA allocated to endpoint.
* In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
* is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
* in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
* in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr,
uint16_t ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
{
PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
/* initialize ep structure*/
if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
{
ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
}
else
{
ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
}
/* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
{
/* Single Buffer */
ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
/* Configure the PMA */
ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
}
else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
{
/* Double Buffer Endpoint */
ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
/* Configure the PMA */
ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
/* Enable BCD feature */
USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_BCDEN;
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
/* Disable BCD feature */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
while ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == 0U)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
return;
}
}
HAL_Delay(200U);
/* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
(without charging capability) */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
/* If Charger detect ? */
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
{
/* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
/* If CDP ? */
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
{
/* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
/* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
else /* NO */
{
/* Standard Downstream Port */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
(void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/**
* @brief Activate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (USB_DRD_FS) */
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

545
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or
Shutdown mode. WakeUp pins polarity can be set to configure event
detection on high level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
*** Low Power mode configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 7 low-power modes:
(+) Low-power run mode: core and peripherals are running at low frequency.
Regulator is in low power mode.
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, peripherals kept running,
regulator is main mode.
(+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, peripherals kept running
and regulator in low power mode.
(+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, regulator is
main mode.
(+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator
off, low power regulator on.
(+) Standby mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, regulator is
disable.
(+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, regulator is
disable.
*** Low-power run mode ***
==========================
[..]
(+) Entry: (from main run mode)
(++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after
having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
(+) Exit:
(++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLPF bit to be reset with
HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only then can the
system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
*** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
=========================================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep & Low-power Sleep modes are entered through
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API specifying whether or not the regulator
is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event
triggered.
(++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
(++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low
power mode). In this case, the system clock frequency must have
been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: Core enters sleep mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: Core enters sleep mode with WFE instruction
(+) WFI Exit:
(++) Any interrupt enabled in nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)
(+) WFE Exit:
(++) Any wakeup event if cortex is configured with SEVONPEND = 0
(++) Interrupt even when disabled in NVIC if cortex is configured with
SEVONPEND = 1
[..] When exiting the Low-power Sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
*** Stop 0 & Stop 1 modes ***
=============================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Stop modes are entered through the following APIs:
(++) HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() with following settings:
(+++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON to enter STOP0 mode.
(+++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON to enter STOP1 mode.
(+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
(+) WFI Exit:
(++) Any EXTI line (internal or external) configured in interrupt mode
with corresponding interrupt enable in NVIC
(+) WFE Exit:
(++) Any EXTI line (internal or external) configured in event mode if
cortex is configured with SEVONPEND = 0
(++) Any EXTI line configured in interrupt mode (even if the
corresponding EXTI Interrupt vector is disabled in the NVIC) if
cortex is configured with SEVONPEND = 0. The interrupt source can
be external interrupts or peripherals with wakeup capability.
[..] When exiting Stop, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
depending on the LPR bit setting.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..] In Standby mode, it is possible to keep backup SRAM content (defined as
full SRAM) keeping low power regulator on. This is achievable by setting
Ram retention bit calling HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAMRetention API. This increases
power consumption.
Its also possible to define I/O states using APIs:
HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp, HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown &
HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig
(+) Entry:
(++) The Standby mode is entered through HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API, by
setting SLEEPDEEP in Cortex control register.
(+) Exit:
(++) WKUP pin edge detection, RTC event (wakeup, alarm, timestamp),
tamper event (internal & external), LSE CSS detection, reset on
NRST pin, IWDG reset & BOR reset.
[..] Exiting Standby generates a power reset: Cortex is reset and execute
Reset handler vector, all registers in the Vcore domain are set to
their reset value. Registers outside the VCORE domain (RTC, WKUP, IWDG,
and Standby/Shutdown modes control) are not impacted.
*** Shutdown mode ***
======================
[..]
In Shutdown mode,
voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is
cleared. SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain
registers.
(+) Entry:
(++) The Shutdown mode is entered through HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API,
by setting SLEEPDEEP in Cortex control register.
(+) Exit:
(++) WKUP pin edge detection, RTC event (wakeup, alarm, timestamp),
tamper event (internal & external), LSE CSS detection, reset on
NRST pin.
[..] Exiting Shutdown generates a brown out reset: Cortex is reset and execute
Reset handler vector, all registers are set to their reset value but ones
in backup domain.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable access to the backup domain
* (RTC & TAMP registers, backup registers, RCC BDCR register).
* @note After reset, the backup domain is protected against
* possible unwanted write accesses. All RTC & TAMP registers (backup
* registers included) and RCC BDCR register are concerned.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable access to the backup domain
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinPolarity Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set
* the default polarity i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3(*),
* PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5(*),PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
* or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify
* the enabled pin and the chosen polarity:
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW (*)
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW (*)
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW
* @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
* @note (*) availability depends on devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
/* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
(rising or falling edge) */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR4_WP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
/* Enable wake-up pin */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
}
/**
* @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2,PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3(*),
* PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4,PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5(*),PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
* @note (*) availability depends on devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
}
/**
* @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
* @note In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as
* in Run mode.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep
* mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator
* in low-power mode)
* @note Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode only. In
* case Regulator parameter is set to Low Power but MCU is in Run mode,
* we will first enter in Low-power Run mode. Therefore, user should
* take care that HCLK frequency is less than 2 MHz.
* @note When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
* To switch back to Run mode, user must call
* HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
* @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE
* instruction. This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep
* mode with WFI instruction
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep
* mode with WFE instruction
* @note When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not
* desired as the interrupt wake up source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Set Regulator parameter */
if(Regulator != PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
{
/* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
if((PWR->SR2 & PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == 0x00u)
{
HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
}
}
else
{
/* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
if((PWR->SR2 & PWR_SR2_REGLPF) != 0x00u)
{
if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
{
return ;
}
}
}
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enter Stop mode
* @note This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with
* legacy code running on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned
* with main or low power regulator ON.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the HSI and the
* HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup
* capability can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off
* the HSI after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame.
* SRAM and register contents are preserved.
* The BOR is available.
* The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or
* low-power mode (Stop 1).
* @note When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a
* wakeup event, the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1),
* an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up. By keeping
* the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Stop 1 mode (low power
* regulator ON)
* @param STOPEntry Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or
* WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI
* instruction.
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE
* instruction.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
if (Regulator != PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
{
/* Stop mode with Low-Power Regulator */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STOP1);
}
else
{
/* Stop mode with Main Regulator */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STOP0);
}
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enter Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE oscillators are
* switched off. The voltage regulator is disabled. SRAM and register
* contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
* Standby circuitry. BOR is available.
* @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can
* be kept in analog state.
* HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown()
* respectively enable Pull Up and PullDown state.
* HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() & HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown()
* disable the same. These states are effective in Standby mode only if
* APC bit is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
* @note Sram content can be kept setting RRS through HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAMRetention()
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Set Stand-by mode */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STANDBY);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief Enable Sleep-On-Exit Cortex feature
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the
* processor enters SLEEP or DEEPSLEEP mode when an interruption
* handling is over returning to thread mode. Setting this bit is
* useful when the processor is expected to run only on interruptions
* handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit Cortex feature
* @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the
* processor enters SLEEP or DEEPSLEEP mode when an interruption
* handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enable Cortex Sev On Pending feature.
* @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, enabled
* events and all interrupts, including disabled ones can wakeup
* processor from WFE.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable Cortex Sev On Pending feature.
* @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is clear, only
* enable interrupts or events can wakeup processor from WFE
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1019
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1437
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1682
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

833
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rng.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and configuration functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
(#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
(#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
(#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
##### Callback registration #####
==================================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
[..]
Use Function @ref HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
Function @ref HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
(+) MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
[..]
Use function @ref HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak (surcharged) function.
@ref HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
(+) MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.
[..]
For specific callback ReadyDataCallback, use dedicated register callbacks:
respectively @ref HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback() , @ref HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback().
[..]
By default, after the @ref HAL_RNG_Init() and when the state is HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
example @ref HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_RNG_Init()
and @ref HAL_RNG_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_RNG_Init() and @ref HAL_RNG_DeInit()
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
[..]
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY state only.
Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY or HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using @ref HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_RNG_DeInit()
or @ref HAL_RNG_Init() function.
[..]
When The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Constants RNG Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
(+) Initialize the RNG MSP
(+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CED(hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection));
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback */
hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
if (hrng->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hrng->MspInitCallback(hrng);
}
#else
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clock Error Detection Configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED, hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection);
/* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Initialise the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Clear Clock Error Detection bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED);
/* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
/* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hrng->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
}
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
hrng->MspDeInitCallback(hrng);
#else
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Update the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
/* Initialise the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Return the function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User RNG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pRNG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
hrng->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister an RNG Callback
* RNG callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Register Data Ready RNG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param pCallback pointer to the Data Ready Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, pRNG_ReadyDataCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = pCallback;
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief UnRegister the Data Ready RNG Callback
* Data Ready RNG Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback */
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
(+) Handle RNG interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number.
* @note This function checks value of RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag to know if valid
* random number is available in the DR register (RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag set
* whenever a random number is available through the RNG_DR register).
* After transitioning from 0 to 1 (random number available),
* RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high until output buffer becomes empty after reading
* four words from the RNG_DR register, i.e. further function calls
* will immediately return a new u32 random number (additional words are
* available and can be read by the application, till RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high).
* @note When no more random number data is available in DR register, RNG_FLAG_DRDY
* flag is automatically cleared.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
while (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
*random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Handles RNG interrupt request.
* @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
* random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
* to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
* the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
* The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
* random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
* @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
* interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
* available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
* not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
* SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
* the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
* @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
* or CEIS are set.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t rngclockerror = 0U;
/* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_CLOCK;
rngclockerror = 1U;
}
else if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_SEED;
rngclockerror = 1U;
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
if (rngclockerror == 1U)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Error callback */
hrng->ErrorCallback(hrng);
#else
/* Call legacy weak Error callback */
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear the clock error flag */
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI | RNG_IT_SEI);
}
/* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
{
/* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
if (hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Data Ready callback */
hrng->ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
#else
/* Call legacy weak Data Ready callback */
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Read latest generated random number.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return (hrng->RandomNumber);
}
/**
* @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @note When RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag value is set, first random number has been read
* from DR register in IRQ Handler and is provided as callback parameter.
* Depending on valid data available in the conditioning output buffer,
* additional words can be read by the application from DR register till
* DRDY bit remains high.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit generated random number.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
UNUSED(random32bit);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief RNG error callbacks.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the RNG state.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return hrng->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the RNG handle error code.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @retval RNG Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetError(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Return RNG Error Code */
return hrng->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1849
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rtc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1976
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

3158
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_smartcard.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

494
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the SmartCard.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
=============================================================================
##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features #####
=============================================================================
[..]
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
(#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
-@- When SMARTCARD operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
* @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* UART RX FIFO depth */
#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/* UART TX FIFO depth */
#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
{
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
}
/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
* value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
{
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
}
/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
* @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
(++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
(++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief SMARTCARD RX Fifo full callback.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsmartcard);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief SMARTCARD TX Fifo empty callback.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsmartcard);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral FIFO Control functions
* @brief SMARTCARD control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral FIFO Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SMARTCARD
FIFO feature.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Update TX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Update RX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
* @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
* the USART configuration registers.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval None
*/
static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
/* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
if (hsmartcard->FifoMode == SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
}
else
{
rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos);
tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos);
hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2673
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_smbus.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

4308
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_spi.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

115
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_spi_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_spi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
* @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4UL
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
data transfers.
(#) Rx data flush function:
(++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Flush the RX fifo.
* @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
__IO uint32_t tmpreg;
uint8_t count = 0U;
while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
{
count++;
tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

7719
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2800
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

348
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM Template.
*
* This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
* + Initializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
* + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32g0xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
(@) The stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
requiring low power modes
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI
/* Minimize Asynchronous prescaler for power consumption :
ck_apre = RTCCLK / (ASYNC prediv + 1)
ck_spre = ck_apre/(SYNC prediv + 1) = 1 Hz */
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
/* LSE Freq = 32.768 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0u
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x3FFFu /* (16384 - 1) */
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* LSI Freq = 32 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0u
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x3E7Fu /* (16000 - 1) */
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* HSE Freq as RTCCLK = 8 MHz / 32 = 250 kHz */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x07u /* (8 - 1) */
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x7A11u /* (31250 -1) */
#endif
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle = {.Init = {0}};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void RTC_TAMP_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC ALARM A as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* Calendar time base is = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
* = 1s
* Alarm interrupt timebase is = (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV / (1000 / uwTickFreq))
* = 1 ms when uwTickFreq is set to 1 kHz
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct = {0};
RTC_TimeTypeDef time;
RTC_DateTypeDef date;
RTC_AlarmTypeDef alarm;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Disable backup domeain protection */
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
/* Enable RTC APB clock gating */
__HAL_RCC_RTCAPB_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Alarm A */
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
/* Get RTC clock configuration */
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/*In case of RTC clock already enable, make sure it's the good one */
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != 0x00u))
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif
{
/* Do nothing */
}
else
{
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configure LSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configure LSI as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configure HSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
#endif
/* Configure oscillator */
status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Configure RTC clock source */
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/* Enable RTC Clock */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
}
}
}
/* If RTC Clock configuration is ok */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* The time base is defined to have highest synchronous prescaler but keeping
a 1Hz RTC frequency. */
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/* HAL RTC Init is ok & calendar has never been initialized */
if((status == HAL_OK) && (__HAL_RTC_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_INITS) == 0x00u))
{
time.Hours = 0x00u;
time.Minutes = 0x00u;
time.Seconds = 0x00u;
time.TimeFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM;
time.SubSeconds = 0x00u;
time.SecondFraction = 0x00u;
time.DayLightSaving = RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE;
time.StoreOperation = RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET;
status = HAL_RTC_SetTime(&hRTC_Handle, &time, RTC_FORMAT_BCD);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
date.WeekDay = RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
date.Date = 0x01u;
date.Month = RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
date.Year = 0x01u;
status = HAL_RTC_SetDate(&hRTC_Handle, &date, RTC_FORMAT_BCD);
}
}
/* If RTC calendar is initialized */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
alarm.AlarmTime.Hours = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.Minutes = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.Seconds = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.TimeFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM;
alarm.AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV / (1000 / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq));
alarm.AlarmTime.SecondFraction = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.DayLightSaving = RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE;
alarm.AlarmTime.StoreOperation = RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET;
alarm.AlarmMask = RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL;
/* Depending on input frequency select Subsecond mask */
if (uwTickFreq == HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ)
{
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_5;
}
else if (uwTickFreq == HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ)
{
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_9;
}
else
{
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* When RTCCLK = 1 MHz, need to mask Subsecond register bit 12 to 14
to have 10 Hhz interrupt */
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_12;
#else
/* When RTCCLK is around 32 kHz, need to mask Subsecond register bit 12 to 11
to have 10 Hhz interrupt */
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_11;
#endif
}
alarm.AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
alarm.AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
alarm.Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A;
status = HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(&hRTC_Handle, &alarm, RTC_FORMAT_BCD);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the RTC global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_TAMP_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_TAMP_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_ALRA interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable ALARM A Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable ALARM A interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Alarm Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC Alarm takes place, inside
* HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_TAMP_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

302
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_WAKEUP Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* to use the RTC WAKEUP for the time base generation:
* + Initializes the RTC peripheral and configures the wakeup timer to be
* incremented each 1ms
* + The wakeup feature is configured to assert an interrupt each 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32g0xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
(@) The stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
requiring low power modes
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_WakeUp_Template HAL TimeBase RTC WakeUp Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
/* LSE Freq = 32.768 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x7Fu
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x00FFu
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* LSI Freq = 32 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x7Fu
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x00FEu
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* HSE Freq as RTCCLK = 8 MHz / 32 = 250 kHz */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x07u /* (8 - 1) */
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x7A11u /* (31250 -1) */
#endif
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle = {.Init = {0}};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void RTC_TAMP_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC_TAMP as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* Wakeup Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
= 1ms
* Wakeup Time = WakeupTimebase * WakeUpCounter (0 + 1)
= 1 ms
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t wucounter;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct = {0};
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Disable backup domain protection */
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
/* Enable RTC APB clock gating */
__HAL_RCC_RTCAPB_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
/* Get RTC clock configuration */
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/*In case of RTC clock already enable, make sure it's the good one */
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != 0x00u))
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif
{
/* Do nothing */
}
else
{
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configure LSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configure LSI as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configure HSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
#endif
/* COnfigure oscillator */
status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Configure RTC clock source */
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/* Enable RTC Clock */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
}
}
}
/* If RTC Clock configuration is ok */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* No care of RTC init parameter here. Only needed if RTC is being used
for other features in same time: calendar, alarm, timestamp, etc... */
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* The time base should be of (uint32_t)uwTickFreq) ms. Tick counter
is incremented eachtime wakeup time reaches zero. Wakeup timer is
clocked on RTCCLK divided by 2. So downcounting counter has to be
set to (RTCCLK / 2) / (1000 / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) minus 1 */
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
wucounter = LSE_VALUE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
wucounter = LSI_VALUE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* HSE input clock to RTC is divided by 32 */
wucounter = (HSE_VALUE >> 5);
#endif
wucounter = ((wucounter >> 1) / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) -1u;
status = HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(&hRTC_Handle, wucounter, RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV2);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the RTC global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_TAMP_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_TAMP_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_TAMP interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable WAKE UP TIMER Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_TAMP interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable WAKE UP TIMER interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Wake Up Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC_TAMP interrupt took place, inside
* RTC_TAMP_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc : RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles RTC WAKE UP TIMER interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_TAMP_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

211
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* the TIM time base:
* + Initializes the TIM peripheral to generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32g0xx_hal_timebase_tim.c'
(#) Add this file and the TIM HAL driver files to your project and make sure
HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED is defined in stm32g0xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) The application needs to ensure that the time base is always set to 1 millisecond
to have correct HAL operation.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle = {.Init = {0}};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void TIM14_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the TIM14 as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program
* after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured,
* by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
uint32_t uwTimclock;
uint32_t uwAPB1Prescaler;
uint32_t uwPrescalerValue;
uint32_t pFLatency;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Enable TIM14 clock */
__HAL_RCC_TIM14_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Get clock configuration */
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
/* Get APB1 prescaler */
uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
/* Compute TIM14 clock */
if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
{
uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
else
{
uwTimclock = 2U*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
/* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM14 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t)((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
/* Initialize TIM14 */
TimHandle.Instance = TIM14;
/* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+ Period = [(TIM14CLK/uwTickFreq) - 1]. to have a (1/uwTickFreq) s time base.
+ Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+ ClockDivision = 0
+ Counter direction = Up
*/
TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) - 1U;
TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U;
TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the TIM14 global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM14_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
/*Configure the TIM14 IRQ priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM14_IRQn, TickPriority,0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM14 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable TIM14 update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by enabling TIM14 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable TIM14 update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when TIM14 interrupt took place, inside
* HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param htim TIM handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM14_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

4624
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1059
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_uart_ex.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

3790
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_usart.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

538
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_usart_ex.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_usart_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended USART HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
* functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (USART).
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### USART peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
(#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
-@- When USART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
(#) Slave mode enabling/disabling and NSS pin configuration.
-@- When USART operates in Slave mode, Slave mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx USARTEx
* @brief USART Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Constants USARTEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* UART RX FIFO depth */
#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/* UART TX FIFO depth */
#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Functions USARTEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions USARTEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended USART Transmit/Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
(+) HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
(+) HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USART RX Fifo full callback.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(husart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief USART TX Fifo empty callback.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(husart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides the following functions:
(+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableSPISlaveMode() API enables the SPI slave mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableSPISlaveMode() API disables the SPI slave mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS API configures the Slave Select input pin (NSS)
(+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
(+) HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the SPI slave mode.
* @note When the USART operates in SPI slave mode, it handles data flow using
* the serial interface clock derived from the external SCLK signal
* provided by the external master SPI device.
* @note In SPI slave mode, the USART must be enabled before starting the master
* communications (or between frames while the clock is stable). Otherwise,
* if the USART slave is enabled while the master is in the middle of a
* frame, it will become desynchronized with the master.
* @note The data register of the slave needs to be ready before the first edge
* of the communication clock or before the end of the ongoing communication,
* otherwise the SPI slave will transmit zeros.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* In SPI slave mode mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
- LINEN and CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
- HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
/* Enable SPI slave mode */
SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_ENABLE;
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Enable USART */
__HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the SPI slave mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Disable SPI slave mode */
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE;
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the Slave Select input pin (NSS).
* @note Software NSS management: SPI slave will always be selected and NSS
* input pin will be ignored.
* @note Hardware NSS management: the SPI slave selection depends on NSS
* input pin. The slave is selected when NSS is low and deselected when
* NSS is high.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param NSSConfig NSS configuration.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_NSS_HARD
* @arg @ref USART_NSS_SOFT
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t NSSConfig)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_NSS(NSSConfig));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Program DIS_NSS bit in the USART_CR2 register */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DIS_NSS, NSSConfig);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Update TX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Update RX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup USARTEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
* @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
* the USART configuration registers.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
/* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
if (husart->FifoMode == USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
husart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
husart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
}
else
{
rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
husart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
husart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

422
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_wwdg.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + IO operation functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG Specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) If required by application, an Early Wakeup Interrupt can be triggered
in order to be warned before WWDG expiration. The Early Wakeup Interrupt
(EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must
be performed before the actual reset is generated. When the downcounter
reaches 0x40, interrupt occurs. This mechanism requires WWDG interrupt
line to be enabled in NVIC. Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be
disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
reset occurs.
(+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
(++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
(+) Typical values:
(++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) at 64 MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
max timeout before reset: approximately 64µs
(++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) at 64 MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler
dividing by 128:
max timeout before reset: approximately 524.28ms
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
*** Common driver usage ***
===========================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Configure the WWDG prescaler, refresh window value, counter value and early
interrupt status using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. This will automatically
enable WWDG and start its downcounter. Time reference can be taken from
function exit. Care must be taken to provide a counter value
greater than 0x40 to prevent generation of immediate reset.
(+) If the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) feature is enabled, an interrupt is
generated when the counter reaches 0x40. When HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler is
triggered by the interrupt service routine, flag will be automatically
cleared and HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback user callback will be executed. User
can add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
(+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
(+) Function HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
(+) Use function HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
the default weak (surcharged) function. HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
[..]
When calling HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
not been registered before.
[..]
When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
===================================
[..]
Below the list of available macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if (hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Reset Callback pointers */
if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
}
if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Set WWDG Counter */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
* again to change parameters.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User WWDG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a WWDG Callback
* WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Early Wakeup registered callback */
hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

787
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_adc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,787 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_adc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief ADC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_adc.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (ADC1)
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays */
/* Note: Only ADC peripheral HW delays are defined in ADC LL driver driver, */
/* not timeout values: */
/* Timeout values for ADC operations are dependent to device clock */
/* configuration (system clock versus ADC clock), */
/* and therefore must be defined in user application. */
/* Refer to @ref ADC_LL_EC_HW_DELAYS for description of ADC timeout */
/* values definition. */
/* Note: ADC timeout values are defined here in CPU cycles to be independent */
/* of device clock setting. */
/* In user application, ADC timeout values should be defined with */
/* temporal values, in function of device clock settings. */
/* Highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs ADC clock frequency: */
/* - ADC clock from synchronous clock with AHB prescaler 512, */
/* APB prescaler 16, ADC prescaler 4. */
/* - ADC clock from asynchronous clock (HSI) with prescaler 1, */
/* with highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs HSI clock frequency: */
/* CPU clock frequency max 56MHz, HSI frequency 16MHz: ratio 4. */
/* Unit: CPU cycles. */
#define ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST (512UL * 16UL * 4UL)
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1UL)
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1UL)
/* Note: CCRDY handshake requires 1APB + 2 ADC + 3 APB cycles */
/* after the channel configuration has been changed. */
/* Driver timeout is approximated to 6 CPU cycles. */
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_CCRDY_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 6UL)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* common to several ADC instances. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
(((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV1) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV4) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV6) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV8) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV10) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV12) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV16) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV32) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV64) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV128) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV256) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE(__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) \
(((__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE_HIGH) \
|| ((__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE_LOW) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC instance. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
(((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV1) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \
(((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
(((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
|| ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(__LOW_POWER__) \
(((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE) \
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT) \
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC group regular */
#if defined(TIM15) && defined(TIM6) && defined(TIM2)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#elif defined(TIM15) && defined(TIM6)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#elif defined(TIM2)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#endif
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
(((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
|| ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
(((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) \
(((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) \
|| ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_MODE(__REG_SEQ_MODE__) \
(((__REG_SEQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_CONFIGURABLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
(((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
(((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
* the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
* @note This function is performing a hard reset, using high level
* clock source RCC ADC reset.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
/* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
/* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
* and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
* @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
* ADC instances state:
* All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
* must be disabled.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */
/* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()": */
/* On this STM32 series, setting of these features is conditioned to */
/* ADC state: */
/* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */
if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - common to several ADC */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
/* - Set ADC clock (conversion clock) */
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock(ADCxy_COMMON, ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */
/* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC common */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2;
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
* use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
* @note If this functions returns error status, it means that ADC instance
* is in an unknown state.
* In this case, perform a hard reset using high level
* clock source RCC ADC reset.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
__IO uint32_t timeout_cpu_cycles = 0UL;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
/* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1UL)
{
/* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
/* ADC disable process. */
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
/* Stop potential ADC conversion on going on ADC group regular. */
if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(ADCx) != 0UL)
{
if (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(ADCx);
}
}
/* Wait for ADC conversions are effectively stopped */
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES;
while (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 1UL)
{
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
{
/* Time-out error */
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
/* Disable the ADC instance */
LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
/* Wait for ADC instance is effectively disabled */
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES;
while (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(ADCx) == 1UL)
{
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
{
/* Time-out error */
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
}
/* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
if (READ_BIT(ADCx->CR,
(ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTART
| ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN)
)
== 0UL)
{
/* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
/* Reset register IER */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->IER,
(LL_ADC_IT_ADRDY
| LL_ADC_IT_EOC
| LL_ADC_IT_EOS
| LL_ADC_IT_OVR
| LL_ADC_IT_EOSMP
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD1
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD2
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD3
| LL_ADC_IT_EOCAL
| LL_ADC_IT_CCRDY
)
);
/* Reset register ISR */
SET_BIT(ADCx->ISR,
(LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOC
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
| LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD2
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD3
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCAL
| LL_ADC_FLAG_CCRDY
)
);
/* Reset register CR */
/* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */
/* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR, ADC_CR_ADVREGEN);
/* Reset register CFGR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR1,
(ADC_CFGR1_AWD1CH | ADC_CFGR1_AWD1EN | ADC_CFGR1_AWD1SGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES
| ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN)
);
/* Reset register CFGR2 */
/* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */
/* already done above. */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR2,
(ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
| ADC_CFGR2_TOVS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSR
| ADC_CFGR2_OVSE)
);
/* Reset register SMPR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR, ADC_SMPR_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR_SMPSEL);
/* Reset register TR1 */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR1, ADC_TR1_HT1 | ADC_TR1_LT1, ADC_TR1_HT1);
/* Reset register TR2 */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR2, ADC_TR2_HT2 | ADC_TR2_LT2, ADC_TR2_HT2);
/* Reset register TR3 */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR3, ADC_TR3_HT3 | ADC_TR3_LT3, ADC_TR3_HT3);
/* Reset register CHSELR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
(ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0)
);
/* Wait for ADC channel configuration ready */
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_CCRDY_CPU_CYCLES;
while (LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_CCRDY(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
{
/* Time-out error */
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
/* Clear flag ADC channel configuration ready */
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_CCRDY(ADCx);
/* Reset register DR */
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
/* Reset register CALFACT */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CALFACT, ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT);
}
else
{
/* ADC instance is in an unknown state */
/* Need to performing a hard reset of ADC instance, using high level */
/* clock source RCC ADC reset. */
/* Caution: On this STM32 series, if several ADC instances are available */
/* on the selected device, RCC ADC reset will reset */
/* all ADC instances belonging to the common ADC instance. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
* Depending on the sequencer mode (refer to
* function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() ):
* - map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks();
* - map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels();
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(ADC_InitStruct->Clock));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC instance */
/* - Set ADC data resolution */
/* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
/* - Set ADC low power mode */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
ADC_CFGR1_RES
| ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN
| ADC_CFGR1_WAIT
| ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF
,
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution
| ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
| ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode
);
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR2,
ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
,
ADC_InitStruct->Clock
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC instance */
ADC_InitStruct->Clock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode = LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
* (functions with prefix "REG").
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note Before using this function, ADC group regular sequencer
* must be configured: refer to function
* @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable().
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
* Depending on the sequencer mode (refer to
* function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() ):
* - map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks();
* - map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels();
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun));
if (LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
}
if ((LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
/* ADC group regular continuous mode and discontinuous mode */
/* can not be enabled simultenaeously */
assert_param((ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE)
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC group regular */
/* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
/* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular overrun behavior */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
/* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
if ((LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
)
{
/* Case of sequencer mode fixed
or sequencer length >= 2 ranks with sequencer mode fully configurable:
discontinuous mode configured */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CFGR1_CONT
| ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
| ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun
);
}
else
{
/* Case of sequencer mode fully configurable
and sequencer length 1 rank (sequencer disabled):
discontinuous mode discarded (fixed to disable) */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CFGR1_CONT
| ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
| ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun
);
}
/* Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
if (LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
{
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
}
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC group regular */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
/* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun = LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* ADC1 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

86
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_crs.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_crs.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRS LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_crs.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(CRS)
/** @defgroup CRS_LL CRS
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-Initializes CRS peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: CRS registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_CRS_DeInit(void)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(CRS) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

369
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_dma.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_dma.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= LL_DMAMUX_MAX_REQ)
#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
#if defined(DMA2)
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
#else /* DMA1 */
#if defined(DMA1_Channel7)
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
#else
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
#endif
#endif /* DMA2 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel) || (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL));
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL)
{
if (DMAx == DMA1)
{
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
}
#if defined(DMA2)
else if (DMAx == DMA2)
{
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
}
#endif
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
else
{
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp;
tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CCR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CNDTR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CPAR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CMAR, 0U);
/* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM);
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
}
#if defined(DMA1_Channel6)
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
}
#endif
#if defined(DMA1_Channel7)
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
}
#endif
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
* @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
/*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
* Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
* peripheral and memory increment mode,
* data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
* - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
* - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit
* - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
* - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
* - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
* - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
/*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
* - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
/*--------------------------- DMAMUXx CCR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure the DMA request for DMA Channels on DMAMUX Channel x with parameter :
* - PeriphRequest: DMA_CxCR[7:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM;
DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

295
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_exti.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_exti.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (EXTI)
/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
#if defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx) || defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx) || defined(STM32G0B0xx)
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_32_63) == 0x00000000U)
#endif
#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - 0x00: EXTI registers are de-initialized
*/
uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
/* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR1, 0xFFF80000U);
/* Event mask register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER1, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register set to default reset values */
#if defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RPR1, 0x0017FFFFU);
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FPR1, 0x0017FFFFU);
#elif defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx) || defined(STM32G061xx) || defined(STM32G051xx)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RPR1, 0x0007FFFFU);
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FPR1, 0x0007FFFFU);
#elif defined(STM32G041xx) || defined(STM32G031xx)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RPR1, 0x0001FFFFU);
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FPR1, 0x0001FFFFU);
#elif defined(STM32G0B0xx) || defined(STM32G070xx) || defined(STM32G050xx) || defined(STM32G030xx)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RPR1, 0x0000FFFFU);
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FPR1, 0x0000FFFFU);
#endif
#if defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx)
/* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2, 0x00000003U);
/* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2, 0x00000000U);
#elif defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx)
/* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2, 0x0000001FU);
/* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER2, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RPR2, 0x00000004U);
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FPR2, 0x00000004U);
#elif defined(STM32G0B0xx)
/* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2, 0x00000010U);
/* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2, 0x00000000U);
#endif
return 0x00u;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - 0x00: EXTI registers are initialized
* - any other value : wrong configuration
*/
uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t status = 0x00u;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
#if defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx) || defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx) || defined(STM32G0B0xx)
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63));
#endif
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
/* ENABLE LineCommand */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = 0x01u;
break;
}
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
{
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status |= 0x02u;
break;
}
}
}
#if defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx) || defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx) || defined(STM32G0B0xx)
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
default:
status |= 0x04u;
break;
}
}
#endif
}
/* DISABLE LineCommand */
else
{
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
#if defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx) || defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx) || defined(STM32G0B0xx)
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
#endif
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
#if defined(STM32G081xx) || defined(STM32G071xx) || defined(STM32G0C1xx) || defined(STM32G0B1xx) || defined(STM32G0B0xx)
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
#endif
EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

281
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_gpio.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_gpio.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF)
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
* Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
* range of the shift operator in following API :
* LL_GPIO_Init
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) (((0x00u) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
#if defined(GPIOE)
#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_8 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_9 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_10 ))
#else
#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
{
LL_IOP_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
LL_IOP_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
{
LL_IOP_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
LL_IOP_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
{
LL_IOP_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
LL_IOP_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
}
#if defined(GPIOD)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
{
LL_IOP_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
LL_IOP_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
}
#endif /* GPIOD */
#if defined(GPIOE)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
{
LL_IOP_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
LL_IOP_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
}
#endif /* GPIOE */
#if defined(GPIOF)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
{
LL_IOP_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
LL_IOP_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
}
#endif /* GPIOF */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t pinpos;
uint32_t currentpin;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
/* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
pinpos = 0;
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001uL << pinpos);
if (currentpin != 0x00u)
{
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
{
/* Check Speed mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
/* Speed mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
/* Check Output mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
/* Output mode configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
}
/* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
{
/* Check Alternate parameter */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
/* Speed mode configuration */
if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8)
{
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
}
else
{
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
}
}
/* Pin Mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
}
pinpos++;
}
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

315
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_lpuart.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_lpuart.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LPUART LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_lpuart.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (LPUART1) || defined (LPUART2)
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of LPUART registers */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV12) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV256))
/* __BAUDRATE__ Depending on constraints applicable for LPUART BRR register */
/* value : */
/* - fck must be in the range [3 x baudrate, 4096 x baudrate] */
/* - LPUART_BRR register value should be >= 0x300 */
/* - LPUART_BRR register value should be <= 0xFFFFF (20 bits) */
/* Baudrate specified by the user should belong to [8, 21300000].*/
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) (((__BAUDRATE__) <= 21300000U) && ((__BAUDRATE__) >= 8U))
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be greater than or equal to 0x300. */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x300U)
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF. */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000FFFFFU)
#define IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize LPUART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param LPUARTx LPUART Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
if (LPUARTx == LPUART1)
{
/* Force reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPUART1);
/* Release reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPUART1);
}
#if defined(LPUART2)
else if (LPUARTx == LPUART2)
{
/* Force reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPUART2);
/* Release reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPUART2);
}
#endif
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize LPUART registers according to the specified
* parameters in LPUART_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in LPUART configuration registers can only be written when
* the LPUART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* LPUART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function.
* Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @note Baud rate value stored in LPUART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
* @param LPUARTx LPUART Instance
* @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified LPUART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are initialized according to LPUART_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during LPUART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_Init(USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx, LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
#if defined(LPUART2)
uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
#else
uint32_t periphclk;
#endif
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(LPUART_InitStruct->Parity));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
/* LPUART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers. Otherwise (LPUART not in Disabled state) => return ERROR */
if (LL_LPUART_IsEnabled(LPUARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR1 (LPUART Word Length, Parity and Transfer Direction bits) with parameters:
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->Parity value
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
*/
MODIFY_REG(LPUARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE),
(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth | LPUART_InitStruct->Parity | LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetStopBitsLength(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits);
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR3 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according
* to LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetHWFlowCtrl(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
/*---------------------------- LPUART BRR Configuration -----------------------
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for LPUART Peripheral
*/
#if defined(LPUART2)
if (LPUARTx == LPUART1)
{
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetLPUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_LPUART1_CLKSOURCE);
}
else if (LPUARTx == LPUART2)
{
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetLPUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_LPUART2_CLKSOURCE);
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
}
#else
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetLPUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_LPUART1_CLKSOURCE);
#endif
/* Configure the LPUART Baud Rate :
- prescaler value is required
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
*/
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
&& (LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
{
status = SUCCESS;
LL_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUARTx,
periphclk,
LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue,
LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 0x300 */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(LPUARTx->BRR));
/* Check BRR is lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(LPUARTx->BRR));
}
/*---------------------------- LPUART PRESC Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx PRESC (Prescaler) with parameters:
* - PrescalerValue: LPUART_PRESC_PRESCALER bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetPrescaler(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue);
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPUART_StructInit(LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
{
/* Set LPUART_InitStruct fields to default values */
LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue = LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1;
LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1;
LPUART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE ;
LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LPUART1 || LPUART2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1349
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1360
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_tim.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

187
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_ucpd.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_ucpd.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief UCPD LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_ucpd.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (UCPD1) || defined (UCPD2)
/** @addtogroup UCPD_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UCPD_LL_Private_Constants UCPD Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UCPD_LL_Private_Macros UCPD Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UCPD_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UCPD_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the UCPD registers to their default reset values.
* @param UCPDx ucpd Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ucpd registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: ucpd registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_UCPD_DeInit(UCPD_TypeDef *UCPDx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UCPD_ALL_INSTANCE(UCPDx));
LL_UCPD_Disable(UCPDx);
if (UCPD1 == UCPDx)
{
/* Force reset of ucpd clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD1);
/* Release reset of ucpd clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD1);
/* Disable ucpd clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD1);
status = SUCCESS;
}
if (UCPD2 == UCPDx)
{
/* Force reset of ucpd clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD2);
/* Release reset of ucpd clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD2);
/* Disable ucpd clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD2);
status = SUCCESS;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the ucpd registers according to the specified parameters in UCPD_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in ucpd configuration registers can only be written when the ucpd is disabled (ucpd_CR1_SPE bit =0),
* UCPD peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param UCPDx UCPD Instance
* @param UCPD_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UCPD_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the UCPD peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
*/
ErrorStatus LL_UCPD_Init(UCPD_TypeDef *UCPDx, LL_UCPD_InitTypeDef *UCPD_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the ucpd Instance UCPDx*/
assert_param(IS_UCPD_ALL_INSTANCE(UCPDx));
if(UCPD1 == UCPDx)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD1);
}
if(UCPD2 == UCPDx)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UCPD2);
}
LL_UCPD_Disable(UCPDx);
/*---------------------------- UCPDx CFG1 Configuration ------------------------*/
MODIFY_REG(UCPDx->CFG1,
UCPD_CFG1_PSC_UCPDCLK | UCPD_CFG1_TRANSWIN | UCPD_CFG1_IFRGAP | UCPD_CFG1_HBITCLKDIV,
UCPD_InitStruct->psc_ucpdclk | (UCPD_InitStruct->transwin << UCPD_CFG1_TRANSWIN_Pos) |
(UCPD_InitStruct->IfrGap << UCPD_CFG1_IFRGAP_Pos) | UCPD_InitStruct->HbitClockDiv);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_UCPD_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param UCPD_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UCPD_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_UCPD_StructInit(LL_UCPD_InitTypeDef *UCPD_InitStruct)
{
/* Set UCPD_InitStruct fields to default values */
UCPD_InitStruct->psc_ucpdclk = LL_UCPD_PSC_DIV2;
UCPD_InitStruct->transwin = 0x7; /* Divide by 8 */
UCPD_InitStruct->IfrGap = 0x10; /* Divide by 17 */
UCPD_InitStruct->HbitClockDiv = 0x0D; /* Divide by 14 to produce HBITCLK */
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (UCPD1) || defined (UCPD2) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

481
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_usart.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_usart.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief USART LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_usart.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (USART4) || defined (USART5) || defined (USART6)
/** @addtogroup USART_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_USART_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV12) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV256))
/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
* divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */
#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 8000000U)
/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U)
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFF. */
#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
if (USARTx == USART1)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
}
else if (USARTx == USART2)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
}
#if defined(USART3)
else if (USARTx == USART3)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
}
#endif /* USART3 */
#if defined(USART4)
else if (USARTx == USART4)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4);
}
#endif /* USART4 */
#if defined(USART5)
else if (USARTx == USART5)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5);
}
#endif /* USART5 */
#if defined(USART6)
else if (USARTx == USART6)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART6);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART6);
}
#endif /* USART6 */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified
* parameters in USART_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
#if !defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART3SEL)&&!defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART4SEL)||!defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART2SEL) ||!defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART5SEL) ||!defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART6SEL)
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
#endif /* !RCC_CCIPR_USART3SEL && !RCC_CCIPR_USART4SEL || !RCC_CCIPR_USART2SEL */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PRESCALER(USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers */
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ---------------------
* Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
* - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
*/
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
* - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
*/
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ---------------------
* Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
*/
LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
*/
if (USARTx == USART1)
{
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE);
}
else if (USARTx == USART2)
{
#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART2SEL)
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE);
#else
/* USART2 clock is PCLK */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART2SEL */
}
#if defined(USART3)
else if (USARTx == USART3)
{
#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART3SEL)
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE);
#else
/* USART3 clock is PCLK */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART3SEL */
}
#endif /* USART3 */
#if defined(USART4)
else if (USARTx == USART4)
{
#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART4SEL)
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART4_CLKSOURCE);
#else
/* USART4 clock is PCLK1 */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART4SEL */
}
#endif /* USART4 */
#if defined(USART5)
else if (USARTx == USART5)
{
/* USART5 clock is PCLK1 */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
}
#endif /* USART5 */
#if defined(USART6)
else if (USARTx == USART6)
{
/* USART6 clock is PCLK1 */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
}
#endif /* USART6 */
else
{
/* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
}
/* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
- prescaler value is required
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
*/
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
&& (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
{
status = SUCCESS;
LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
periphclk,
USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue,
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR));
/* Check BRR is lower than or equal to 0xFFFF */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(USARTx->BRR));
}
/*---------------------------- USART PRESC Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx PRESC (Prescaler) with parameters:
* - PrescalerValue: USART_PRESC_PRESCALER bits according to USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue value.
*/
LL_USART_SetPrescaler(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue);
}
/* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
{
/* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue = LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV1;
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
* specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
* that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers */
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
/* If Clock signal has to be output */
if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
{
/* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
* - Disable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
*/
LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
}
else
{
/* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
/* Check clock related parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
* - Enable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN set
* - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
* - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
* - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
*/
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
}
}
/* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
{
/* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || USART4 || USART5 || USART6 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

577
USB-PD_Provider_1port/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_utils.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_utils.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief UTILS LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_utils.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_system.h"
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_pwr.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY 64000000U /*!< Maximum frequency for system clock, in Hz */
/* Defines used for PLL range */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MIN 4000000U /*!< Frequency min for PLLVCO input, in Hz */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MAX 8000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLLVCO input, in Hz */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MIN 64000000U /*!< Frequency min for PLLVCO output, in Hz */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MAX 344000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLLVCO output, in Hz */
/* Defines used for HSE range */
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN 4000000U /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX 48000000U /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */
/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to HCLK Frequency */
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY1_FREQ 24000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 in power scale 1 */
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY2_FREQ 48000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 in power scale 1 */
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY3_FREQ 64000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 3 in power scale 1 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSI_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_HSI_DIV_128))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLM_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_3) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_7) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_8))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLN_VALUE(__VALUE__) ((8U <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= 86U))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLR_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_3) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_7) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_8))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MAX))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MAX))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY)
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
|| ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
* configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
* @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
* @retval None
*/
void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
/* Use frequency provided in argument */
LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
}
/**
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
* on SysTick counter flag
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
* and use rather osDelay service.
* @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
* will configure Systick to 1ms
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
uint32_t tmpDelay; /* MISRAC2012-Rule-17.8 */
/* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
((void)tmp);
tmpDelay = Delay;
/* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
if (tmpDelay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
{
tmpDelay ++;
}
while (tmpDelay != 0U)
{
if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
{
tmpDelay --;
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
* @brief System Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### System Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
(+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 is 64000000 Hz.
@endverbatim
@internal
Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be
adapted accordingly:
(++) Table 1. HCLK clock frequency.
(++) +-------------------------------------------------------+
(++) | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
(++) | |-------------------------------------|
(++) | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 |
(++) | | 1.08V - 1.32V | 0.9 V - 1.10V |
(++) |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
(++) |0WS(1 CPU cycles)| HCLK <= 24 | HCLK <= 8 |
(++) |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
(++) |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| HCLK <= 48 | HCLK <= 16 |
(++) |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
(++) |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| HCLK <= 64 | - |
(++) |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
@endinternal
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
* @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
* @retval None
*/
void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
/* HCLK clock frequency */
SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock at maximum frequency with HSI as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = (((HSI frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLR)
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 4 to 16 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSI frequency / PLLM)
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 64 and 344 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 64000000 Hz is reach (PLLVCO_output / PLLR)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status;
uint32_t pllfreq;
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
/* Enable HSI if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for HSI ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = (((HSE frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLR)
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 4 to 16 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSE frequency / PLLM)
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 64 and 344 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 64000000 Hz is reached (PLLVCO_output / PLLR)
* @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 48000000
* @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status;
uint32_t pllfreq;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
/* Enable HSE if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
{
LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
}
else
{
LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
}
/* Enable HSE */
LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for HSE ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
* voltage range.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
* - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
uint32_t timeout;
uint32_t getlatency;
uint32_t latency;
ErrorStatus status;
/* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 or greater than max clock */
if ((HCLKFrequency == 0U) || (HCLKFrequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY3_FREQ))
{
status = ERROR;
}
else
{
if (HCLKFrequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY2_FREQ)
{
/* 48 < HCLK <= 64 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
}
else
{
if (HCLKFrequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY1_FREQ)
{
/* 24 < HCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
}
else
{
/* else HCLKFrequency < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0;
}
}
LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
/* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
timeout = 2u;
do
{
/* Wait for Flash latency to be updated */
getlatency = LL_FLASH_GetLatency();
timeout--;
} while ((getlatency != latency) && (timeout > 0u));
if(getlatency != latency)
{
status = ERROR;
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
* @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
*/
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
{
uint32_t pllfreq;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLM_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLN_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLR_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR));
/* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */
/* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 4 to 16 MHz. */
pllfreq = PLL_InputFrequency / (((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT(pllfreq));
/* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 64 and 344 MHz.*/
pllfreq = pllfreq * (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT(pllfreq));
/* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 64000000 Hz is reached */
pllfreq = pllfreq / (((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
return pllfreq;
}
/**
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
* - ERROR: PLL is busy
*/
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check if PLL is busy*/
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
{
/* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
* - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
*/
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t hclk_frequency;
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
/* Calculate HCLK frequency */
hclk_frequency = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
/* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
if (SystemCoreClock < hclk_frequency)
{
/* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
status = LL_SetFlashLatency(hclk_frequency);
}
/* Update system clock configuration */
if (status == SUCCESS)
{
/* Enable PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
LL_RCC_PLL_EnableDomain_SYS();
while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for PLL ready */
}
/* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
{
/* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
}
/* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
}
/* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
if (SystemCoreClock > hclk_frequency)
{
/* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
status = LL_SetFlashLatency(hclk_frequency);
}
/* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
if (status == SUCCESS)
{
LL_SetSystemCoreClock(hclk_frequency);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/